This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
To verify that all parts have been removed and prevent getting charged for the part storage, you should call the ListParts API operation and ensure that the parts list is empty.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation or the UploadPartCopy operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded.
The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry any failed requests (including 500 error responses). For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.
You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you provide an additional checksum value in your MultipartUpload requests and the object is encrypted with Key Management Service, you must have permission to use the kms:Decrypt action for the CompleteMultipartUpload request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
Error Code: EntityTooSmall
Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: InvalidPart
Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: InvalidPartOrder
Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the UploadPart operation or the UploadPartCopy operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of an upload, you call this CompleteMultipartUpload operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by part number to create a new object. In the CompleteMultipartUpload request, you must provide the parts list and ensure that the parts list is complete. The CompleteMultipartUpload API operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each part in the list, you must provide the PartNumber value and the ETag value that are returned after that part was uploaded.
The processing of a CompleteMultipartUpload request could take several minutes to finalize. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the connection from timing out. A request could fail after the initial 200 OK response has been sent. This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. The error response might be embedded in the 200 OK response. If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared to retry any failed requests (including 500 error responses). For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best Practices.
You can't use Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded for the CompleteMultipartUpload requests. Also, if you don't provide a Content-Type header, CompleteMultipartUpload can still return a 200 OK response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you provide an additional checksum value in your MultipartUpload requests and the object is encrypted with Key Management Service, you must have permission to use the kms:Decrypt action for the CompleteMultipartUpload request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
Error Code: EntityTooSmall
Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: InvalidPart
Description: One or more of the specified parts could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified ETag might not have matched the uploaded part's ETag.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: InvalidPartOrder
Description: The list of parts was not in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part number.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic action using this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy (UploadPartCopy) API. For more information, see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API.
You can copy individual objects between general purpose buckets, between directory buckets, and between general purpose buckets and directory buckets.
Amazon S3 supports copy operations using Multi-Region Access Points only as a destination when using the Multi-Region Access Point ARN.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
VPC endpoints don't support cross-Region requests (including copies). If you're using VPC endpoints, your source and destination buckets should be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your VPC endpoint.
Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. For more information about how to enable a Region for your account, see Enable or disable a Region for standalone accounts in the Amazon Web Services Account Management Guide.
Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration.
All CopyObject requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use the IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the CopyObject API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have read access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have permissions in an IAM policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in a CopyObject operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key can't be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination bucket.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
When the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. When the request is not an HTTP 1.1 request, the response would not contain the Content-Length. You always need to read the entire response body to check if the copy succeeds.
If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about the copied object.
A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. A 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
If the error occurs before the copy action starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error.
If the error occurs during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. For example, in a cross-region copy, you may encounter throttling and receive a 200 OK response. For more information, see Resolve the Error 200 response when copying objects to Amazon S3. The 200 OK status code means the copy was accepted, but it doesn't mean the copy is complete. Another example is when you disconnect from Amazon S3 before the copy is complete, Amazon S3 might cancel the copy and you may receive a 200 OK response. You must stay connected to Amazon S3 until the entire response is successfully received and processed.
If you call this API operation directly, make sure to design your application to parse the content of the response and handle it appropriately. If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle this condition. The SDKs detect the embedded error and apply error handling per your configuration settings (including automatically retrying the request as appropriate). If the condition persists, the SDKs throw an exception (or, for the SDKs that don't use exceptions, they return an error).
The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you specify for the destination object. The request can also result in a data retrieval charge for the source if the source storage class bills for data retrieval. If the copy source is in a different region, the data transfer is billed to the copy source account. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 pricing.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Amazon S3 on Outposts - When you use this action with S3 on Outposts through the REST API, you must direct requests to the S3 on Outposts hostname. The S3 on Outposts hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.outpostID.s3-outposts.Region.amazonaws.com. The hostname isn't required when you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs.
The following operations are related to CopyObject:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. To specify the data source, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source in your request. To specify a byte range, you add the request header x-amz-copy-source-range in your request.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Instead of copying data from an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart action to upload new data as a part of an object in your request.
You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns the upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about copying objects using a single atomic action vs. a multipart upload, see Operations on Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
All UploadPartCopy requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the UploadPartCopy API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
You must have READ access to the source object and WRITE access to the destination bucket.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the permissions in a policy based on the bucket types of your source bucket and destination bucket in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object is in a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:GetObject permission to read the source object that is being copied.
If the destination bucket is a general purpose bucket, you must have the s3:PutObject permission to write the object copy to the destination bucket.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have permissions in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy based on the source and destination bucket types in an UploadPartCopy operation.
If the source object that you want to copy is in a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to read the object. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the copy source bucket.
If the copy destination is a directory bucket, you must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy to write the object to the destination. The s3express:SessionMode condition key cannot be set to ReadOnly on the copy destination.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and UploadPart.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through UploadPartCopy. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
Error Code: InvalidRequest
Description: The specified copy source is not supported as a byte-range copy source.
HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPartCopy:
Creates an S3 Metadata V2 metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your metadata tables with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions in your KMS key policy. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you also want to integrate your table bucket with Amazon Web Services analytics services so that you can query your metadata table, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Integrating Amazon S3 Tables with Amazon Web Services analytics services in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To query your metadata tables, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Permissions for querying metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
s3tables:CreateTableBucket
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
s3tables:PutTableEncryption
kms:DescribeKey
The following operations are related to CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration:
Creates an S3 Metadata V2 metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your metadata tables with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions in your KMS key policy. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you also want to integrate your table bucket with Amazon Web Services analytics services so that you can query your metadata table, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Integrating Amazon S3 Tables with Amazon Web Services analytics services in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To query your metadata tables, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Permissions for querying metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
s3tables:CreateTableBucket
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
s3tables:PutTableEncryption
kms:DescribeKey
The following operations are related to CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration:
We recommend that you create your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Creates a V1 S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your metadata tables with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you also want to integrate your table bucket with Amazon Web Services analytics services so that you can query your metadata table, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Integrating Amazon S3 Tables with Amazon Web Services analytics services in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
The following operations are related to CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
We recommend that you create your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Creates a V1 S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your metadata tables with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you also want to integrate your table bucket with Amazon Web Services analytics services so that you can query your metadata table, you need additional permissions. For more information, see Integrating Amazon S3 Tables with Amazon Web Services analytics services in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
The following operations are related to CreateBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
Create a presigned POST request that can be used to upload a file directly to S3 from a web browser.
CreatePresignedPostAsync(CreatePresignedPostRequest)Asynchronously create a presigned POST request that can be used to upload a file directly to S3 from a web browser.
CreateSession(CreateSessionRequest)Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint API operations on directory buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint API operations that include the Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint API operations. After the session is created, you donât need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval.
If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines and design patterns in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint API operations, the CopyObject API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject.
HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint API operations, the HeadBucket API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket.
To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode. For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint API operations, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission.
If you want to encrypt objects with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and the kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the target KMS key.
For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
For Zonal endpoint (object-level) API operations except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy, you authenticate and authorize requests through CreateSession for low latency. To encrypt new objects in a directory bucket with SSE-KMS, you must specify SSE-KMS as the directory bucket's default encryption configuration with a KMS key (specifically, a customer managed key). Then, when a session is created for Zonal endpoint API operations, new objects are automatically encrypted and decrypted with SSE-KMS and S3 Bucket Keys during the session.
Only 1 customer managed key is supported per directory bucket for the lifetime of the bucket. The Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) isn't supported. After you specify SSE-KMS as your bucket's default encryption configuration with a customer managed key, you can't change the customer managed key for the bucket's SSE-KMS configuration.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, you can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) from the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. Also, in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), it's not supported to override the values of the encryption settings from the CreateSession request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Creates a session that establishes temporary security credentials to support fast authentication and authorization for the Zonal endpoint API operations on directory buckets. For more information about Zonal endpoint API operations that include the Availability Zone in the request endpoint, see S3 Express One Zone APIs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To make Zonal endpoint API requests on a directory bucket, use the CreateSession API operation. Specifically, you grant s3express:CreateSession permission to a bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you use IAM credentials to make the CreateSession API request on the bucket, which returns temporary security credentials that include the access key ID, secret access key, session token, and expiration. These credentials have associated permissions to access the Zonal endpoint API operations. After the session is created, you donât need to use other policies to grant permissions to each Zonal endpoint API individually. Instead, in your Zonal endpoint API requests, you sign your requests by applying the temporary security credentials of the session to the request headers and following the SigV4 protocol for authentication. You also apply the session token to the x-amz-s3session-token request header for authorization. Temporary security credentials are scoped to the bucket and expire after 5 minutes. After the expiration time, any calls that you make with those credentials will fail. You must use IAM credentials again to make a CreateSession API request that generates a new set of temporary credentials for use. Temporary credentials cannot be extended or refreshed beyond the original specified interval.
If you use Amazon Web Services SDKs, SDKs handle the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to initiate and manage requests to the CreateSession API. For more information, see Performance guidelines and design patterns in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
CopyObject API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint API operations, the CopyObject API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the CopyObject API operation on directory buckets, see CopyObject.
HeadBucket API operation - Unlike other Zonal endpoint API operations, the HeadBucket API operation doesn't use the temporary security credentials returned from the CreateSession API operation for authentication and authorization. For information about authentication and authorization of the HeadBucket API operation on directory buckets, see HeadBucket.
To obtain temporary security credentials, you must create a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy that grants s3express:CreateSession permission to the bucket. In a policy, you can have the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. For more information about ReadWrite or ReadOnly sessions, see x-amz-create-session-mode. For example policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To grant cross-account access to Zonal endpoint API operations, the bucket policy should also grant both accounts the s3express:CreateSession permission.
If you want to encrypt objects with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and the kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the target KMS key.
For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
For Zonal endpoint (object-level) API operations except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy, you authenticate and authorize requests through CreateSession for low latency. To encrypt new objects in a directory bucket with SSE-KMS, you must specify SSE-KMS as the directory bucket's default encryption configuration with a KMS key (specifically, a customer managed key). Then, when a session is created for Zonal endpoint API operations, new objects are automatically encrypted and decrypted with SSE-KMS and S3 Bucket Keys during the session.
Only 1 customer managed key is supported per directory bucket for the lifetime of the bucket. The Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) isn't supported. After you specify SSE-KMS as your bucket's default encryption configuration with a customer managed key, you can't change the customer managed key for the bucket's SSE-KMS configuration.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, you can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) from the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. Also, in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), it's not supported to override the values of the encryption settings from the CreateSession request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID).
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
Deletes the S3 bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the s3:DeleteBucket permission on the specified bucket in a policy.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:DeleteBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucket:
This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets - For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. For information about the default encryption configuration in directory buckets, see Setting default server-side encryption behavior for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption:
This implementation of the DELETE action resets the default encryption for the bucket as server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets - For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. For information about the default encryption configuration in directory buckets, see Setting default server-side encryption behavior for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketEncryption:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to DeleteBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.
Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.
Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:
Deletes an S3 Metadata configuration from a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration:
Deletes an S3 Metadata configuration from a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration:
We recommend that you delete your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Deletes a V1 S3 Metadata configuration from a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata table configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Make sure that you update your processes to use the new V2 API operations (CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration, GetBucketMetadataConfiguration, and DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration) instead of the V1 API operations.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
We recommend that you delete your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Deletes a V1 S3 Metadata configuration from a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata table configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Make sure that you update your processes to use the new V2 API operations (CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration, GetBucketMetadataConfiguration, and DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration) instead of the V1 API operations.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketOwnershipControls:
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
Deletes the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:DeleteBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:DeleteBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.
For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully propagate.
For information about replication configuration, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the tags from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
This DELETE action requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission.
For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Related Resources
DeleteCORSConfiguration(DeleteCORSConfigurationRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Related Resources
DeleteCORSConfigurationAsync(string, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Related Resources
DeleteCORSConfigurationAsync(DeleteCORSConfigurationRequest, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Related Resources
DeleteLifecycleConfiguration(string)Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions.
Related actions include:
DeleteLifecycleConfiguration(DeleteLifecycleConfigurationRequest)Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions.
Related actions include:
DeleteLifecycleConfigurationAsync(string, CancellationToken)Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions.
Related actions include:
DeleteLifecycleConfigurationAsync(DeleteLifecycleConfigurationRequest, CancellationToken)Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the deleted lifecycle configuration.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe Lifecycle Actions.
Related actions include:
DeleteObject(string, string)Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
Removes an object from a bucket. The behavior depends on the bucket's versioning state:
If bucket versioning is not enabled, the operation permanently deletes the object.
If bucket versioning is enabled, the operation inserts a delete marker, which becomes the current version of the object. To permanently delete an object in a versioned bucket, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-enabled buckets, see Deleting object versions from a versioning-enabled bucket.
If bucket versioning is suspended, the operation removes the object that has a null versionId, if there is one, and inserts a delete marker that becomes the current version of the object. If there isn't an object with a null versionId, and all versions of the object have a versionId, Amazon S3 does not remove the object and only inserts a delete marker. To permanently delete an object that has a versionId, you must include the objectâs versionId in the request. For more information about versioning-suspended buckets, see Deleting objects from versioning-suspended buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To remove a specific version, you must use the versionId query parameter. Using this query parameter permanently deletes the version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response header x-amz-delete-marker to true.
If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must use HTTPS. For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
You can delete objects by explicitly calling DELETE Object or calling (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion, and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always have the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must have the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to DeleteObject:
This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request can contain a list of up to 1,000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. If the object specified in the request isn't found, Amazon S3 confirms the deletion by returning the result as deleted.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
The request can contain a list of up to 1,000 keys that you want to delete. In the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the result of that delete, success or failure, in the response. If the object specified in the request isn't found, Amazon S3 confirms the deletion by returning the result as deleted.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a successful deletion in a quiet mode, the operation does not return any information about the delete in the response body.
When performing this action on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - MFA delete is not supported by directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your DeleteObjects request includes specific headers.
s3:DeleteObject - To delete an object from a bucket, you must always specify the s3:DeleteObject permission.
s3:DeleteObjectVersion - To delete a specific version of an object from a versioning-enabled bucket, you must specify the s3:DeleteObjectVersion permission.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - The Content-MD5 request header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not been altered in transit.
Directory bucket - The Content-MD5 request header or a additional checksum request header (including x-amz-checksum-crc32, x-amz-checksum-crc32c, x-amz-checksum-sha1, or x-amz-checksum-sha256) is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action.
To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information about managing object tags, see Object Tagging.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging action.
To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging action.
The following operations are related to DeleteObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:
Returns the endpoint that will be used for a particular request.
Dispose() Inherited from Amazon.Runtime.AmazonServiceClient. GetACL(string)This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the accelerate subresource to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action uses the acl subresource to return the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of the bucket, you must have the READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without using an authorization header.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the GET action returns an analytics configuration (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets - For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. For information about the default encryption configuration in directory buckets, see Setting default server-side encryption behavior for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:
Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets - For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. For information about the default encryption configuration in directory buckets, see Setting default server-side encryption behavior for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to GetBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.
The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration ID) from the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory.
The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more information, see CreateBucket.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
We recommend that you use HeadBucket to return the Region that a bucket resides in. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support GetBucketLocation.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to view and modify that status.
The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
Retrieves the S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 GetBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetadataConfiguration:
Retrieves the S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 GetBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The IAM policy action name is the same for the V1 and V2 API operations.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetadataConfiguration:
We recommend that you retrieve your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Retrieves the V1 S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 GetBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata table configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Make sure that you update your processes to use the new V2 API operations (CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration, GetBucketMetadataConfiguration, and DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration) instead of the V1 API operations.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
We recommend that you retrieve your S3 Metadata configurations by using the V2 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation. We no longer recommend using the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation.
If you created your S3 Metadata configuration before July 15, 2025, we recommend that you delete and re-create your configuration by using CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration so that you can expire journal table records and create a live inventory table.
Retrieves the V1 S3 Metadata configuration for a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use the V2 GetBucketMetadataConfiguration API operation with V1 or V2 metadata table configurations. However, if you try to use the V1 GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration API operation with V2 configurations, you will receive an HTTP 405 Method Not Allowed error.
Make sure that you update your processes to use the new V2 API operations (CreateBucketMetadataConfiguration, GetBucketMetadataConfiguration, and DeleteBucketMetadataConfiguration) instead of the V1 API operations.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetadataTableConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies.
The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies.
The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies.
The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the action returns an empty NotificationConfiguration element.
By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification permission.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events. For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies.
The following action is related to GetBucketNotification:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.
A bucket doesn't have OwnershipControls settings in the following cases:
The bucket was created before the BucketOwnerEnforced ownership setting was introduced and you've never explicitly applied this value
You've manually deleted the bucket ownership control value using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls API operation.
By default, Amazon S3 sets OwnershipControls for all newly created buckets.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.
The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.
A bucket doesn't have OwnershipControls settings in the following cases:
The bucket was created before the BucketOwnerEnforced ownership setting was introduced and you've never explicitly applied this value
You've manually deleted the bucket ownership control value using the DeleteBucketOwnershipControls API operation.
By default, Amazon S3 sets OwnershipControls for all newly created buckets.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using Object Ownership.
The following operations are related to GetBucketOwnershipControls:
Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
Returns the policy of a specified bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:GetBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:GetBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following action is related to GetBucketPolicy:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:
Retrieves the replication configuration for the given Amazon S3 bucket.
GetBucketReplicationAsync(GetBucketReplicationRequest, CancellationToken)Retrieves the replication configuration for the given Amazon S3 bucket.
GetBucketRequestPayment(string)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchTagSet
Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchTagSet
Description: There is no tag set associated with the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This GET action requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
The following operations are related to GetBucketWebsite:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing.
The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing.
The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing.
The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) configuration information set for the bucket.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
When you use this API operation with an access point, provide the alias of the access point in place of the bucket name.
When you use this API operation with an Object Lambda access point, provide the alias of the Object Lambda access point in place of the bucket name. If the Object Lambda access point alias in a request is not valid, the error code InvalidAccessPointAliasError is returned. For more information about InvalidAccessPointAliasError, see List of Error Codes.
For more information about CORS, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing.
The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API, which is compatible with the new functionality. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for general purpose buckets for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see GetBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects, transitions and tag filters are not supported.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API, which is compatible with the new functionality. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for general purpose buckets for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see GetBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects, transitions and tag filters are not supported.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API, which is compatible with the new functionality. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for general purpose buckets for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see GetBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects, transitions and tag filters are not supported.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API, which is compatible with the new functionality. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for general purpose buckets for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see GetBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects, transitions and tag filters are not supported.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission.
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:GetLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration
Description: The lifecycle configuration does not exist.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, you must have s3:GetObjectAcl permissions or READ_ACP access to the object. For more information, see Mapping of ACL permissions and access policy permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, requests to read ACLs are still supported and return the bucket-owner-full-control ACL with the owner being the account that created the bucket. For more information, see Controlling object ownership and disabling ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Retrieves an object from Amazon S3.
In the GetObject request, specify the full key name for the object.
General purpose buckets - Both the virtual-hosted-style requests and the path-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, specify the object key name as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Only virtual-hosted-style requests are supported. For a virtual hosted-style request example, if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named amzn-s3-demo-bucket--usw2-az1--x-s3, specify the object key name as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. Also, when you make requests to this API operation, your requests are sent to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - You must have the required permissions in a policy. To use GetObject, you must have the READ access to the object (or version). If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, the GetObject operation returns the object without using an authorization header. For more information, see Specifying permissions in a policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you include a versionId in your request header, you must have the s3:GetObjectVersion permission to access a specific version of an object. The s3:GetObject permission is not required in this scenario.
If you request the current version of an object without a specific versionId in the request header, only the s3:GetObject permission is required. The s3:GetObjectVersion permission is not required in this scenario.
If the object that you request doesnât exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Access Denied error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted using SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
If the object you are retrieving is stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class, the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive Access tier, or the S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive Access tier, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore a copy using RestoreObject. Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectState error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - Directory buckets only support EXPRESS_ONEZONE (the S3 Express One Zone storage class) in Availability Zones and ONEZONE_IA (the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access storage class) in Dedicated Local Zones. Unsupported storage class values won't write a destination object and will respond with the HTTP status code 400 Bad Request.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for the GetObject requests, if your object uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3), server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you include the header in your GetObject requests for the object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
There are times when you want to override certain response header values of a GetObject response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition response header value through your GetObject request.
You can override values for a set of response headers. These modified response header values are included only in a successful response, that is, when the HTTP status code 200 OK is returned. The headers you can override using the following query parameters in the request are a subset of the headers that Amazon S3 accepts when you create an object.
The response headers that you can override for the GetObject response are Cache-Control, Content-Disposition, Content-Encoding, Content-Language, Content-Type, and Expires.
To override values for a set of response headers in the GetObject response, you can use the following query parameters in the request.
response-cache-control
response-content-disposition
response-content-encoding
response-content-language
response-content-type
response-expires
When you use these parameters, you must sign the request by using either an Authorization header or a presigned URL. These parameters cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to GetObject:
Retrieves all of the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with both of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.
The other permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned and if a version ID is passed in the GetObjectAttributes request.
If you pass a version ID in your request, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions.
If you do not pass a version ID in your request, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions.
For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.
If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypted an object when you stored the object in Amazon S3 by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers. These headers provide the server with the encryption key required to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Consider the following when using request headers:
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:
If-Match condition evaluates to true.
If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:
If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.
If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:
Retrieves all of the metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
GetObjectAttributes combines the functionality of HeadObject and ListParts. All of the data returned with both of those individual calls can be returned with a single call to GetObjectAttributes.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use GetObjectAttributes, you must have READ access to the object.
The other permissions that you need to use this operation depend on whether the bucket is versioned and if a version ID is passed in the GetObjectAttributes request.
If you pass a version ID in your request, you need both the s3:GetObjectVersion and s3:GetObjectVersionAttributes permissions.
If you do not pass a version ID in your request, you need the s3:GetObject and s3:GetObjectAttributes permissions.
For more information, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object that you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found ("no such key") error.
If you don't have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden ("access denied") error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a GET request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypted an object when you stored the object in Amazon S3 by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers. These headers provide the server with the encryption key required to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Consider the following when using request headers:
If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 200 OK and the data requested:
If-Match condition evaluates to true.
If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in the request as follows, then Amazon S3 returns the HTTP status code 304 Not Modified:
If-None-Match condition evaluates to false.
If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true.
For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following actions are related to GetObjectAttributes:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets an object's current legal hold status. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectLegalHold:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
The following action is related to GetObjectLockConfiguration:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the object itself. This operation is useful if you're interested only in an object's metadata.
A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response body. Because of this, if the HEAD request generates an error, it returns a generic code, such as 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden, 404 Not Found, 405 Method Not Allowed, 412 Precondition Failed, or 304 Not Modified. It's not possible to retrieve the exact exception of these error codes.
Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common Request Headers.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use HEAD, you must have the s3:GetObject permission. You need the relevant read object (or version) permission for this operation. For more information, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the permissions to S3 API operations by S3 resource types, see Required permissions for Amazon S3 API operations in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the object you request doesn't exist, the error that Amazon S3 returns depends on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 404 Not Found error.
If you donât have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns an HTTP status code 403 Forbidden error.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If you enable x-amz-checksum-mode in the request and the object is encrypted with Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS), you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key to retrieve the checksum of the object.
Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not be sent for HEAD requests if your object uses server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), or server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). The x-amz-server-side-encryption header is used when you PUT an object to S3 and want to specify the encryption method. If you include this header in a HEAD request for an object that uses these types of keys, youâll get an HTTP 400 Bad Request error. It's because the encryption method can't be changed when you retrieve the object.
If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers to provide the encryption key for the server to be able to retrieve the object's metadata. The headers are:
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS. SSE-C isn't supported. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the response.
If the specified version is a delete marker, the response returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error and the Last-Modified: timestamp response header.
Directory buckets - Delete marker is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - S3 Versioning isn't enabled and supported for directory buckets. For this API operation, only the null value of the version ID is supported by directory buckets. You can only specify null to the versionId query parameter in the request.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following actions are related to HeadObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectRetention:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectRetention:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action.
By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.
The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging subresource associated with the object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging action. By default, the GET action returns information about current version of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging action.
By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging.
The following actions are related to GetObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.
You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.
To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.
You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.
To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.
You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.
To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when you're distributing large files.
You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size, and that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key.
To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
The following action is related to GetObjectTorrent:
Create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication.
GetPreSignedURLAsync(GetPreSignedUrlRequest)Asynchronously create a signed URL allowing access to a resource that would usually require authentication.
GetPublicAccessBlock(GetPublicAccessBlockRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:
You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.
If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these HTTP response codes.
General purpose buckets - Request to public buckets that grant the s3:ListBucket permission publicly do not need to be signed. All other HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Managing access permissions to your Amazon S3 resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the bucket.
For more information about example bucket policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use this operation to determine if a bucket exists and if you have permission to access it. The action returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you have permission to access it.
If the bucket does not exist or you do not have permission to access it, the HEAD request returns a generic 400 Bad Request, 403 Forbidden or 404 Not Found code. A message body is not included, so you cannot determine the exception beyond these HTTP response codes.
General purpose buckets - Request to public buckets that grant the s3:ListBucket permission publicly do not need to be signed. All other HeadBucket requests must be authenticated and signed by using IAM credentials (access key ID and secret access key for the IAM identities). All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be signed. For more information, see REST Authentication.
Directory buckets - You must use IAM credentials to authenticate and authorize your access to the HeadBucket API operation, instead of using the temporary security credentials through the CreateSession API operation.
Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs handles authentication and authorization on your behalf.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Managing access permissions to your Amazon S3 resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateSession permission in the Action element of a policy. By default, the session is in the ReadWrite mode. If you want to restrict the access, you can explicitly set the s3express:SessionMode condition key to ReadOnly on the bucket.
For more information about example bucket policies, see Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone and Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity-based policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
You must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) â If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption
x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) â If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, the encryption request headers must match the encryption settings that are specified in the CreateSession request. You can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) that are specified in the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. So in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), the encryption request headers must match the default encryption configuration of the directory bucket.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) â If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption
x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) â If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, the encryption request headers must match the encryption settings that are specified in the CreateSession request. You can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) that are specified in the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. So in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), the encryption request headers must match the default encryption configuration of the directory bucket.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) â If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption
x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) â If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, the encryption request headers must match the encryption settings that are specified in the CreateSession request. You can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) that are specified in the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. So in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), the encryption request headers must match the default encryption configuration of the directory bucket.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the parts and stops charging you for storing them only after you either complete or abort a multipart upload.
If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, the created multipart upload must be completed within the number of days specified in the bucket lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort action and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket Lifecycle Configuration.
Directory buckets - S3 Lifecycle is not supported by directory buckets.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose buckets - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. Amazon S3 automatically encrypts all new objects that are uploaded to an S3 bucket. When doing a multipart upload, if you don't specify encryption information in your request, the encryption setting of the uploaded parts is set to the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket. By default, all buckets have a base level of encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3). If the destination bucket has a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with an Key Management Service (KMS) key (SSE-KMS), or a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), Amazon S3 uses the corresponding KMS key, or a customer-provided key to encrypt the uploaded parts. When you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation, if you want to use a different type of encryption setting for the uploaded parts, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypts the object with a different encryption key (such as an Amazon S3 managed key, a KMS key, or a customer-provided key). When the encryption setting in your request is different from the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket, the encryption setting in your request takes precedence. If you choose to provide your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart and UploadPartCopy requests must match the headers you used in the CreateMultipartUpload request.
Use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) that include the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) and KMS customer managed keys stored in Key Management Service (KMS) â If you want Amazon Web Services to manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption
x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
x-amz-server-side-encryption-context
If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3 key) in KMS to protect the data.
To perform a multipart upload with encryption by using an Amazon Web Services KMS key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey* actions on the key. These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information, see Multipart upload API and permissions and Protecting data using server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same Amazon Web Services account as the KMS key, then you must have these permissions on the key policy. If your IAM user or role is in a different account from the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your IAM user or role.
All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by KMS fail if you don't make them by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), or Signature Version 4. For information about configuring any of the officially supported Amazon Web Services SDKs and Amazon Web Services CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request Authentication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with KMS keys in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Use customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) â If you want to manage your own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information about server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), see Protecting data using server-side encryption with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms). We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information, see Protecting data with server-side encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
In the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy) using the REST API, the encryption request headers must match the encryption settings that are specified in the CreateSession request. You can't override the values of the encryption settings (x-amz-server-side-encryption, x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, x-amz-server-side-encryption-context, and x-amz-server-side-encryption-bucket-key-enabled) that are specified in the CreateSession request. You don't need to explicitly specify these encryption settings values in Zonal endpoint API calls, and Amazon S3 will use the encryption settings values from the CreateSession request to protect new objects in the directory bucket.
When you use the CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs, for CreateSession, the session token refreshes automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. The CLI or the Amazon Web Services SDKs use the bucket's default encryption configuration for the CreateSession request. It's not supported to override the encryption settings values in the CreateSession request. So in the Zonal endpoint API calls (except CopyObject and UploadPartCopy), the encryption request headers must match the default encryption configuration of the directory bucket.
For directory buckets, when you perform a CreateMultipartUpload operation and an UploadPartCopy operation, the request headers you provide in the CreateMultipartUpload request must match the default encryption configuration of the destination bucket.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration from the specified bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to ListBucketIntelligentTieringConfigurations include:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of S3 Inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of S3 Inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.
This action supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To grant IAM permission to use this operation, you must add the s3:ListAllMyBuckets policy action.
For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.
We strongly recommend using only paginated ListBuckets requests. Unpaginated ListBuckets requests are only supported for Amazon Web Services accounts set to the default general purpose bucket quota of 10,000. If you have an approved general purpose bucket quota above 10,000, you must send paginated ListBuckets requests to list your accountâs buckets. All unpaginated ListBuckets requests will be rejected for Amazon Web Services accounts with a general purpose bucket quota greater than 10,000.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To grant IAM permission to use this operation, you must add the s3:ListAllMyBuckets policy action.
For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.
We strongly recommend using only paginated ListBuckets requests. Unpaginated ListBuckets requests are only supported for Amazon Web Services accounts set to the default general purpose bucket quota of 10,000. If you have an approved general purpose bucket quota above 10,000, you must send paginated ListBuckets requests to list your accountâs buckets. All unpaginated ListBuckets requests will be rejected for Amazon Web Services accounts with a general purpose bucket quota greater than 10,000.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To grant IAM permission to use this operation, you must add the s3:ListAllMyBuckets policy action.
For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.
We strongly recommend using only paginated ListBuckets requests. Unpaginated ListBuckets requests are only supported for Amazon Web Services accounts set to the default general purpose bucket quota of 10,000. If you have an approved general purpose bucket quota above 10,000, you must send paginated ListBuckets requests to list your accountâs buckets. All unpaginated ListBuckets requests will be rejected for Amazon Web Services accounts with a general purpose bucket quota greater than 10,000.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. To grant IAM permission to use this operation, you must add the s3:ListAllMyBuckets policy action.
For information about Amazon S3 buckets, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets.
We strongly recommend using only paginated ListBuckets requests. Unpaginated ListBuckets requests are only supported for Amazon Web Services accounts set to the default general purpose bucket quota of 10,000. If you have an approved general purpose bucket quota above 10,000, you must send paginated ListBuckets requests to list your accountâs buckets. All unpaginated ListBuckets requests will be rejected for Amazon Web Services accounts with a general purpose bucket quota greater than 10,000.
Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The BucketRegion response element is not part of the ListDirectoryBuckets Response Syntax.
Returns a list of all Amazon S3 directory buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request. For more information about directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must have the s3express:ListAllMyDirectoryBuckets permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The BucketRegion response element is not part of the ListDirectoryBuckets Response Syntax.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads in a bucket. An in-progress multipart upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated by the CreateMultipartUpload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
Directory buckets - If multipart uploads in a directory bucket are in progress, you can't delete the bucket until all the in-progress multipart uploads are aborted or completed. To delete these in-progress multipart uploads, use the ListMultipartUploads operation to list the in-progress multipart uploads in the bucket and use the AbortMultipartUpload operation to abort all the in-progress multipart uploads.
The ListMultipartUploads operation returns a maximum of 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. The limit of 1,000 multipart uploads is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads in a response by specifying the max-uploads request parameter. If there are more than 1,000 multipart uploads that satisfy your ListMultipartUploads request, the response returns an IsTruncated element with the value of true, a NextKeyMarker element, and a NextUploadIdMarker element. To list the remaining multipart uploads, you need to make subsequent ListMultipartUploads requests. In these requests, include two query parameters: key-marker and upload-id-marker. Set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response. Similarly, set the value of upload-id-marker to the NextUploadIdMarker value from the previous response.
Directory buckets - The upload-id-marker element and the NextUploadIdMarker element aren't supported by directory buckets. To list the additional multipart uploads, you only need to set the value of key-marker to the NextKeyMarker value from the previous response.
For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads are sorted based on two criteria:
Key-based sorting - Multipart uploads are initially sorted in ascending order based on their object keys.
Time-based sorting - For uploads that share the same object key, they are further sorted in ascending order based on the upload initiation time. Among uploads with the same key, the one that was initiated first will appear before the ones that were initiated later.
Directory bucket - In the ListMultipartUploads response, the multipart uploads aren't sorted lexicographically based on the object keys.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
This action has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjects:
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets.
General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 doesn't return prefixes that are related only to in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 response includes the prefixes that are related only to in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket with each request. You can use the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. For more information about listing objects, see Listing object keys programmatically in the Amazon S3 User Guide. To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets.
General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 doesn't return prefixes that are related only to in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 response includes the prefixes that are related only to in-progress multipart uploads.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. You must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
General purpose bucket - For general purpose buckets, ListObjectsV2 returns objects in lexicographical order based on their key names.
Directory bucket - For directory buckets, ListObjectsV2 does not return objects in lexicographical order.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
This section describes the latest revision of this action. We recommend that you use this revised API operation for application development. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API operation, ListObjects.
The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload.
The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload.
The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload.
The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
To use this operation, you must provide the upload ID in the request. You obtain this uploadID by sending the initiate multipart upload request through CreateMultipartUpload.
The ListParts request returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The limit of 1,000 parts is also the default value. You can restrict the number of parts in a response by specifying the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. To list remaining uploaded parts, in subsequent ListParts requests, include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart Upload in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart Upload and Permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If the upload was created using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS), you must have permission to the kms:Decrypt action for the ListParts request to succeed.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to ListParts:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Returns metadata about all versions of the objects in a bucket. You can also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about a subset of all the object versions.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:ListBucketVersions action. Be aware of the name difference.
A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Specify the ACL in the request body
Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> &
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported by directory buckets.
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Specify the ACL in the request body
Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways:
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> &
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket.
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.
To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request will fail.
For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified.
For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket.
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.
To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request will fail.
For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified.
For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
Enabled â Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
Suspended â Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.
After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.
The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (".").
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster data transfers to Amazon S3.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following two values:
Enabled â Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
Suspended â Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration action returns the transfer acceleration state of a bucket.
After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket increase.
The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant and must not contain periods (".").
For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Specify the ACL in the request body
Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> &
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). For more information, see Using ACLs. To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have the WRITE_ACP permission.
You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
Specify the ACL in the request body
Specify permissions using request headers
You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request headers.
Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then you can continue to use that approach.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions by using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined by Amazon S3 and two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> &
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAcl:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid argument.
HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
Code: AccessDenied
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element. Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure. When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics â Storage Class Analysis.
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration has the following special errors:
HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid argument.
HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden
Code: AccessDenied
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket.
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.
To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request will fail.
For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified.
For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will stop returning DisplayName. Update your applications to use canonical IDs (unique identifier for Amazon Web Services accounts), Amazon Web Services account ID (12 digit identifier) or IAM ARNs (full resource naming) as a direct replacement of DisplayName.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This action creates an Amazon S3 bucket. To create an Amazon S3 on Outposts bucket, see CreateBucket.
Creates a new S3 bucket. To create a bucket, you must set up Amazon S3 and have a valid Amazon Web Services Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the bucket owner.
There are two types of buckets: general purpose buckets and directory buckets. For more information about these bucket types, see Creating, configuring, and working with Amazon S3 buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets - If you send your CreateBucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com global endpoint, the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. So the signature calculations in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia), your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, see Virtual hosting of buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - In addition to the s3:CreateBucket permission, the following permissions are required in a policy when your CreateBucket request includes specific headers:
Access control lists (ACLs) - In your CreateBucket request, if you specify an access control list (ACL) and set it to public-read, public-read-write, authenticated-read, or if you explicitly specify any other custom ACLs, both s3:CreateBucket and s3:PutBucketAcl permissions are required. In your CreateBucket request, if you set the ACL to private, or if you don't specify any ACLs, only the s3:CreateBucket permission is required.
Object Lock - In your CreateBucket request, if you set x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled to true, the s3:PutBucketObjectLockConfiguration and s3:PutBucketVersioning permissions are required.
S3 Object Ownership - If your CreateBucket request includes the x-amz-object-ownership header, then the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission is required.
To set an ACL on a bucket as part of a CreateBucket request, you must explicitly set S3 Object Ownership for the bucket to a different value than the default, BucketOwnerEnforced. Additionally, if your desired bucket ACL grants public access, you must first create the bucket (without the bucket ACL) and then explicitly disable Block Public Access on the bucket before using PutBucketAcl to set the ACL. If you try to create a bucket with a public ACL, the request will fail.
For the majority of modern use cases in S3, we recommend that you keep all Block Public Access settings enabled and keep ACLs disabled. If you would like to share data with users outside of your account, you can use bucket policies as needed. For more information, see Controlling ownership of objects and disabling ACLs for your bucket and Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
S3 Block Public Access - If your specific use case requires granting public access to your S3 resources, you can disable Block Public Access. Specifically, you can create a new bucket with Block Public Access enabled, then separately call the DeletePublicAccessBlock API. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about S3 Block Public Access, see Blocking public access to your Amazon S3 storage in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:CreateBucket permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The permissions for ACLs, Object Lock, S3 Object Ownership, and S3 Block Public Access are not supported for directory buckets. For directory buckets, all Block Public Access settings are enabled at the bucket level and S3 Object Ownership is set to Bucket owner enforced (ACLs disabled). These settings can't be modified.
For more information about permissions for creating and working with directory buckets, see Directory buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about supported S3 features for directory buckets, see Features of S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
This operation configures default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets
You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 doesn't validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests.
Directory buckets - You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).
We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
Your SSE-KMS configuration can only support 1 customer managed key per directory bucket's lifetime. The Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) isn't supported.
S3 Bucket Keys are always enabled for GET and PUT operations in a directory bucket and canât be disabled. S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through CopyObject, UploadPartCopy, the Copy operation in Batch Operations, or the import jobs. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
When you specify an KMS customer managed key for encryption in your directory bucket, only use the key ID or key ARN. The key alias format of the KMS key isn't supported.
For directory buckets, if you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, Amazon S3 validates the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests.
If you're specifying a customer managed KMS key, we recommend using a fully qualified KMS key ARN. If you use a KMS key alias instead, then KMS resolves the key within the requesterâs account. This behavior can result in data that's encrypted with a KMS key that belongs to the requester, and not the bucket owner.
Also, this action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To set a directory bucket default encryption with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and the kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the target KMS key.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption:
This operation configures default encryption and Amazon S3 Bucket Keys for an existing bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By default, all buckets have a default encryption configuration that uses server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3).
General purpose buckets
You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS) or dual-layer server-side encryption with Amazon Web Services KMS keys (DSSE-KMS). If you specify default encryption by using SSE-KMS, you can also configure Amazon S3 Bucket Keys. For information about the bucket default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Bucket Default Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, you should verify that your KMS key ID is correct. Amazon S3 doesn't validate the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests.
Directory buckets - You can optionally configure default encryption for a bucket by using server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS).
We recommend that the bucket's default encryption uses the desired encryption configuration and you don't override the bucket default encryption in your CreateSession requests or PUT object requests. Then, new objects are automatically encrypted with the desired encryption settings. For more information about the encryption overriding behaviors in directory buckets, see Specifying server-side encryption with KMS for new object uploads.
Your SSE-KMS configuration can only support 1 customer managed key per directory bucket's lifetime. The Amazon Web Services managed key (aws/s3) isn't supported.
S3 Bucket Keys are always enabled for GET and PUT operations in a directory bucket and canât be disabled. S3 Bucket Keys aren't supported, when you copy SSE-KMS encrypted objects from general purpose buckets to directory buckets, from directory buckets to general purpose buckets, or between directory buckets, through CopyObject, UploadPartCopy, the Copy operation in Batch Operations, or the import jobs. In this case, Amazon S3 makes a call to KMS every time a copy request is made for a KMS-encrypted object.
When you specify an KMS customer managed key for encryption in your directory bucket, only use the key ID or key ARN. The key alias format of the KMS key isn't supported.
For directory buckets, if you use PutBucketEncryption to set your default bucket encryption to SSE-KMS, Amazon S3 validates the KMS key ID provided in PutBucketEncryption requests.
If you're specifying a customer managed KMS key, we recommend using a fully qualified KMS key ARN. If you use a KMS key alias instead, then KMS resolves the key within the requesterâs account. This behavior can result in data that's encrypted with a KMS key that belongs to the requester, and not the bucket owner.
Also, this action requires Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. For more information, see Authenticating Requests (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission is required in a policy. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutEncryptionConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To set a directory bucket default encryption with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and the kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the target KMS key.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketEncryption:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid Argument
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Puts a S3 Intelligent-Tiering configuration to the specified bucket. You can have up to 1,000 S3 Intelligent-Tiering configurations per bucket.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is designed to optimize storage costs by automatically moving data to the most cost-effective storage access tier, without performance impact or operational overhead. S3 Intelligent-Tiering delivers automatic cost savings in three low latency and high throughput access tiers. To get the lowest storage cost on data that can be accessed in minutes to hours, you can choose to activate additional archiving capabilities.
The S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class is the ideal storage class for data with unknown, changing, or unpredictable access patterns, independent of object size or retention period. If the size of an object is less than 128 KB, it is not monitored and not eligible for auto-tiering. Smaller objects can be stored, but they are always charged at the Frequent Access tier rates in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class.
For more information, see Storage class for automatically optimizing frequently and infrequently accessed objects.
Operations related to PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration include:
You only need S3 Intelligent-Tiering enabled on a bucket if you want to automatically move objects stored in the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class to the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tier.
PutBucketIntelligentTieringConfiguration has the following special errors:
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid Argument
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutIntelligentTieringConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the PUT action adds an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.
Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.
When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report.
To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid Argument
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This implementation of the PUT action adds an S3 Inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 inventory configurations per bucket.
Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination bucket must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket.
When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage Class Analysis.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
The s3:PutInventoryConfiguration permission allows a user to create an S3 Inventory report that includes all object metadata fields available and to specify the destination bucket to store the inventory. A user with read access to objects in the destination bucket can also access all object metadata fields that are available in the inventory report.
To restrict access to an inventory report, see Restricting access to an Amazon S3 Inventory report in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about the metadata fields available in S3 Inventory, see Amazon S3 Inventory lists in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about permissions, see Permissions related to bucket subresource operations and Identity and access management in Amazon S3 in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
PutBucketInventoryConfiguration has the following special errors:
Code: InvalidArgument
Cause: Invalid Argument
Code: TooManyConfigurations
Cause: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
Cause: You are not the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketInventoryConfiguration:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<>
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets in the same Amazon Web Services Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
If the target bucket for log delivery uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, you can't use the Grantee request element to grant access to others. Permissions can only be granted using policies. For more information, see Permissions for server access log delivery in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (by using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<>
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GETObjectAcl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:
PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: TooManyConfigurations
Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you want to keep, they are erased.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch.
The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:
PutBucketMetricsConfiguration has the following special error:
Error code: TooManyConfigurations
Description: You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration limit.
HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications.
Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.
This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.
After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events.
You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.
For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference.
By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications.
Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.
This action replaces the existing notification configuration with the configuration you include in the request body.
After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish to it by sending a test notification. In the case of Lambda destinations, Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events.
You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration element.
For more information about the number of event notification configurations that you can create per bucket, see Amazon S3 service quotas in Amazon Web Services General Reference.
By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other users to set this configuration with the required s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT action will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
The following action is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership.
The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates or modifies OwnershipControls for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketOwnershipControls permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying permissions in a policy.
For information about Amazon S3 Object Ownership, see Using object ownership.
The following operations are related to PutBucketOwnershipControls:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the bucket, the calling identity must both have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
To ensure that bucket owners don't inadvertently lock themselves out of their own buckets, the root principal in a bucket owner's Amazon Web Services account can perform the GetBucketPolicy, PutBucketPolicy, and DeleteBucketPolicy API actions, even if their bucket policy explicitly denies the root principal's access. Bucket owner root principals can only be blocked from performing these API actions by VPC endpoint policies and Amazon Web Services Organizations policies.
General purpose bucket permissions - The s3:PutBucketPolicy permission is required in a policy. For more information about general purpose buckets bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and User Policies in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation, you must have the s3express:PutBucketPolicy permission in an IAM identity-based policy instead of a bucket policy. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. This operation can only be performed by the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management (IAM) for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose buckets example bucket policies - See Bucket policy examples in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket example bucket policies - See Example bucket policies for S3 Express One Zone in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key.
A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.
To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.
If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.
For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys.
For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.
By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more information, see Replication in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket or buckets where you want Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. You can invoke this request for a specific Amazon Web Services Region by using the aws:RequestedRegion condition key.
A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset.
To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.
If you are using an earlier version of the replication configuration, Amazon S3 handles replication of delete markers differently. For more information, see Backward Compatibility.
For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning.
By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using server-side encryption with KMS keys. To replicate Amazon Web Services KMS-encrypted objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using KMS keys.
For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see List of replication-related error codes
To create a PutBucketReplication request, you must have s3:PutReplicationConfiguration permissions for the bucket.
By default, a resource owner, in this case the Amazon Web Services account that created the bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
To perform this operation, the user or role performing the action must have the iam:PassRole permission.
The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays Buckets.
The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the tags for a bucket.
Use tags to organize your Amazon Web Services bill to reflect your own cost structure. To do this, sign up to get your Amazon Web Services account bill with tag key values included. Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize your billing information to see the total cost of that application across several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging and Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
When this operation sets the tags for a bucket, it will overwrite any current tags the bucket already has. You cannot use this operation to add tags to an existing list of tags.
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
PutBucketTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the bucket.
The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
When you enable versioning on a bucket for the first time, it might take a short amount of time for the change to be fully propagated. While this change is propagating, you might encounter intermittent HTTP 404 NoSuchKey errors for requests to objects created or updated after enabling versioning. We recommend that you wait for 15 minutes after enabling versioning before issuing write operations (PUT or DELETE) on objects in the bucket.
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
EnabledâEnables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
SuspendedâDisables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.
The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
When you enable versioning on a bucket for the first time, it might take a short amount of time for the change to be fully propagated. While this change is propagating, you might encounter intermittent HTTP 404 NoSuchKey errors for requests to objects created or updated after enabling versioning. We recommend that you wait for 15 minutes after enabling versioning before issuing write operations (PUT or DELETE) on objects in the bucket.
Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket.
You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
EnabledâEnables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
SuspendedâDisables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
In order to enable MFA Delete, you must be the bucket owner. If you are the bucket owner and want to enable MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, you must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state of the bucket.
If you have an object expiration lifecycle configuration in your non-versioned bucket and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration lifecycle configuration will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle and Versioning.
The following operations are related to PutBucketVersioning:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
WebsiteConfiguration
RedirectAllRequestsTo
HostName
Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
WebsiteConfiguration
IndexDocument
Suffix
ErrorDocument
Key
RoutingRules
RoutingRule
Condition
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
KeyPrefixEquals
Redirect
Protocol
HostName
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
ReplaceKeyWith
HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
PutBucketWebsite(PutBucketWebsiteRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
WebsiteConfiguration
RedirectAllRequestsTo
HostName
Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
WebsiteConfiguration
IndexDocument
Suffix
ErrorDocument
Key
RoutingRules
RoutingRule
Condition
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
KeyPrefixEquals
Redirect
Protocol
HostName
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
ReplaceKeyWith
HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
PutBucketWebsiteAsync(string, WebsiteConfiguration, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
WebsiteConfiguration
RedirectAllRequestsTo
HostName
Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
WebsiteConfiguration
IndexDocument
Suffix
ErrorDocument
Key
RoutingRules
RoutingRule
Condition
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
KeyPrefixEquals
Redirect
Protocol
HostName
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
ReplaceKeyWith
HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
PutBucketWebsiteAsync(PutBucketWebsiteRequest, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket with website configuration information such as the file name of the index document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites on Amazon S3.
This PUT action requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name for the bucket.
WebsiteConfiguration
RedirectAllRequestsTo
HostName
Protocol
If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might not be redirected.
WebsiteConfiguration
IndexDocument
Suffix
ErrorDocument
Key
RoutingRules
RoutingRule
Condition
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
KeyPrefixEquals
Redirect
Protocol
HostName
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
ReplaceKeyWith
HttpRedirectCode
Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration. If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The maximum request length is limited to 128 KB.
PutCORSConfiguration(string, CORSConfiguration)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, Amazon S3 replaces it.
To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it to others.
You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must be met:
The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod elements.
Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to PutBucketCors:
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable.
Bucket lifecycle configuration supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility for general purpose buckets. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects,transitions and tag filters are not supported.
A lifecycle rule consists of the following:
A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any combination of these.
A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
s3:DeleteObject
s3:DeleteObjectVersion
s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable.
Bucket lifecycle configuration supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility for general purpose buckets. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects,transitions and tag filters are not supported.
A lifecycle rule consists of the following:
A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any combination of these.
A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
s3:DeleteObject
s3:DeleteObjectVersion
s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable.
Bucket lifecycle configuration supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility for general purpose buckets. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects,transitions and tag filters are not supported.
A lifecycle rule consists of the following:
A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any combination of these.
A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
s3:DeleteObject
s3:DeleteObjectVersion
s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing lifecycle configuration. Keep in mind that this will overwrite an existing lifecycle configuration, so if you want to retain any configuration details, they must be included in the new lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see Managing your storage lifecycle.
Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. An Amazon S3 Lifecycle configuration can have up to 1,000 rules. This limit is not adjustable.
Bucket lifecycle configuration supports specifying a lifecycle rule using an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, object size, or any combination of these. Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which is supported for backward compatibility for general purpose buckets. For the related API description, see PutBucketLifecycle.
Lifecyle configurations for directory buckets only support expiring objects and cancelling multipart uploads. Expiring of versioned objects,transitions and tag filters are not supported.
A lifecycle rule consists of the following:
A filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, object size, or any combination of these.
A status indicating whether the rule is in effect.
One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management and Lifecycle Configuration Elements.
General purpose bucket permissions - By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the Amazon Web Services account that created it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a user must have the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
You can also explicitly deny permissions. An explicit deny also supersedes any other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the following actions:
s3:DeleteObject
s3:DeleteObjectVersion
s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources.
Directory bucket permissions - You must have the s3express:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission in an IAM identity-based policy to use this operation. Cross-account access to this API operation isn't supported. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions to others by creating a role or user for them as long as they are within the same account as the owner and resource.
For more information about directory bucket policies and permissions, see Authorizing Regional endpoint APIs with IAM in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Regional endpoint. These endpoints support path-style requests in the format https://s3express-control.region-code.amazonaws.com/bucket-name. Virtual-hosted-style requests aren't supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is s3express-control.region.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Adds an object to a bucket.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:
S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
If-None-Match - Uploads the object only if the object key name does not already exist in the specified bucket. Otherwise, Amazon S3 returns a 412 Precondition Failed error. If a conflicting operation occurs during the upload, S3 returns a 409 ConditionalRequestConflict response. On a 409 failure, retry the upload.
Expects the * character (asterisk).
For more information, see Add preconditions to S3 operations with conditional requests in the Amazon S3 User Guide or RFC 7232.
This functionality is not supported for S3 on Outposts.
S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.
This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.
s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.
s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.
s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:
PutObjectAcl(PutObjectAclRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have the WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> lt;/Grantee>
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.
The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions for a new or existing object in an S3 bucket. You must have the WRITE_ACP permission to set the ACL of an object. For more information, see What permissions can I grant? in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for S3 Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. You must use policies to grant access to your bucket and the objects in it. Requests to set ACLs or update ACLs fail and return the AccessControlListNotSupported error code. Requests to read ACLs are still supported. For more information, see Controlling object ownership in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other access control-specific headers in your request. For more information, see Canned ACL.
Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (Amazon Web Services accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview.
You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the following:
id â if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an Amazon Web Services account
uri â if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
emailAddress â if the value specified is the email address of an Amazon Web Services account
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects permission to the two Amazon Web Services accounts identified by their email addresses.
x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. You cannot do both.
You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights (using request elements) in the following ways. For examples of how to specify these grantee values in JSON format, see the Amazon Web Services CLI example in Enabling Amazon S3 server access logging in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
By the person's ID:
<>ID<> <>GranteesEmail<>
DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
By URI:
<>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
By Email address:
<>Grantees@email.com<> lt;/Grantee>
The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following Amazon Web Services Regions:
US East (N. Virginia)
US West (N. California)
US West (Oregon)
Asia Pacific (Singapore)
Asia Pacific (Sydney)
Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
Europe (Ireland)
South America (São Paulo)
For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different version, use the versionId subresource.
The following operations are related to PutObjectAcl:
End of support notice: Beginning October 1, 2025, Amazon S3 will discontinue support for creating new Email Grantee Access Control Lists (ACL). Email Grantee ACLs created prior to this date will continue to work and remain accessible through the Amazon Web Services Management Console, Command Line Interface (CLI), SDKs, and REST API. However, you will no longer be able to create new Email Grantee ACLs.
This change affects the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (N. Virginia) Region, US West (N. California) Region, US West (Oregon) Region, Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region, Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region, Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region, Europe (Ireland) Region, and South America (São Paulo) Region.
Adds an object to a bucket.
Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. You cannot use PutObject to only update a single piece of metadata for an existing object. You must put the entire object with updated metadata if you want to update some values.
If your bucket uses the bucket owner enforced setting for Object Ownership, ACLs are disabled and no longer affect permissions. All objects written to the bucket by any account will be owned by the bucket owner.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object written. However, Amazon S3 provides features that can modify this behavior:
S3 Object Lock - To prevent objects from being deleted or overwritten, you can use Amazon S3 Object Lock in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
If-None-Match - Uploads the object only if the object key name does not already exist in the specified bucket. Otherwise, Amazon S3 returns a 412 Precondition Failed error. If a conflicting operation occurs during the upload, S3 returns a 409 ConditionalRequestConflict response. On a 409 failure, retry the upload.
Expects the * character (asterisk).
For more information, see Add preconditions to S3 operations with conditional requests in the Amazon S3 User Guide or RFC 7232.
This functionality is not supported for S3 on Outposts.
S3 Versioning - When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all versions of the objects. For each write request that is made to the same object, Amazon S3 automatically generates a unique version ID of that object being stored in Amazon S3. You can retrieve, replace, or delete any version of the object. For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning-Enabled Buckets in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.
This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
General purpose bucket permissions - The following permissions are required in your policies when your PutObject request includes specific headers.
s3:PutObject - To successfully complete the PutObject request, you must always have the s3:PutObject permission on a bucket to add an object to it.
s3:PutObjectAcl - To successfully change the objects ACL of your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectAcl.
s3:PutObjectTagging - To successfully set the tag-set with your PutObject request, you must have the s3:PutObjectTagging.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. Alternatively, when the object's ETag is its MD5 digest, you can calculate the MD5 while putting the object to Amazon S3 and compare the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
Directory bucket - This functionality is not supported for directory buckets.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
For more information about related Amazon S3 APIs, see the following:
PutObjectLegalHold(PutObjectLegalHoldRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
PutObjectLegalHoldAsync(PutObjectLegalHoldRequest, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Applies a legal hold configuration to the specified object. For more information, see Locking Objects.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
PutObjectLockConfiguration(PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.
The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, see Configuring Object Lock.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects.
The DefaultRetention settings require both a mode and a period.
The DefaultRetention period can be either Days or Years but you must select one. You cannot specify Days and Years at the same time.
You can enable Object Lock for new or existing buckets. For more information, see Configuring Object Lock.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
PutObjectRetentionAsync(PutObjectRetentionRequest, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. For more information, see Locking Objects. Users or accounts require the s3:PutObjectRetention permission in order to place an Object Retention configuration on objects. Bypassing a Governance Retention configuration requires the s3:BypassGovernanceRetention permission.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
PutObjectTagging(PutObjectTaggingRequest)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging.
You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging.
For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.
PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Object Tagging.
You can associate tags with an object by sending a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, see GetObjectTagging.
For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see Tag Restrictions. Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.
To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission to others.
To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.
PutObjectTagging has the following special errors. For more Amazon S3 errors see, Error Responses.
InvalidTag - The tag provided was not a valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, see Object Tagging.
MalformedXML - The XML provided does not match the schema.
OperationAborted - A conflicting conditional action is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
InternalError - The service was unable to apply the provided tag to the object.
The following operations are related to PutObjectTagging:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy.
When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level and account-level settings.
For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object public, see The Meaning of "Public".
The following operations are related to PutPublicAccessBlock:
Renames an existing object in a directory bucket that uses the S3 Express One Zone storage class. You can use RenameObject by specifying an existing objectâs name as the source and the new name of the object as the destination within the same directory bucket.
RenameObject is only supported for objects stored in the S3 Express One Zone storage class.
To prevent overwriting an object, you can use the If-None-Match conditional header.
If-None-Match - Renames the object only if an object with the specified name does not already exist in the directory bucket. If you don't want to overwrite an existing object, you can add the If-None-Match conditional header with the value â*â in the RenameObject request. Amazon S3 then returns a 412 Precondition Failed error if the object with the specified name already exists. For more information, see RFC 7232.
To grant access to the RenameObject operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the directory bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. The Amazon Web Services CLI and SDKs will create and manage your session including refreshing the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. In your bucket policy, you can specify the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. A ReadWrite session is required for executing all the Zonal endpoint API operations, including RenameObject. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession. To learn more about Zonal endpoint API operations, see Authorizing Zonal endpoint API operations with CreateSession in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
Renames an existing object in a directory bucket that uses the S3 Express One Zone storage class. You can use RenameObject by specifying an existing objectâs name as the source and the new name of the object as the destination within the same directory bucket.
RenameObject is only supported for objects stored in the S3 Express One Zone storage class.
To prevent overwriting an object, you can use the If-None-Match conditional header.
If-None-Match - Renames the object only if an object with the specified name does not already exist in the directory bucket. If you don't want to overwrite an existing object, you can add the If-None-Match conditional header with the value â*â in the RenameObject request. Amazon S3 then returns a 412 Precondition Failed error if the object with the specified name already exists. For more information, see RFC 7232.
To grant access to the RenameObject operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the directory bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. The Amazon Web Services CLI and SDKs will create and manage your session including refreshing the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. In your bucket policy, you can specify the s3express:SessionMode condition key to control who can create a ReadWrite or ReadOnly session. A ReadWrite session is required for executing all the Zonal endpoint API operations, including RenameObject. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession. To learn more about Zonal endpoint API operations, see Authorizing Zonal endpoint API operations with CreateSession in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
This action performs the following types of requests:
restore an archive - Restore an archived object
For more information about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following:
Managing Access with ACLs in the Amazon S3 User Guide
Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide
To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Objects that you archive to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class, and S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tiers, are not accessible in real time. For objects in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval or S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage classes, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until a temporary copy of the object is available. If you want a permanent copy of the object, create a copy of it in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class in your S3 bucket. To access an archived object, you must restore the object for the duration (number of days) that you specify. For objects in the Archive Access or Deep Archive Access tiers of S3 Intelligent-Tiering, you must first initiate a restore request, and then wait until the object is moved into the Frequent Access tier.
To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
When restoring an archived object, you can specify one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the request body:
Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier when occasional urgent requests for restoring archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals is typically made available within 1â5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived objects within several hours. This is the default option for retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval option. Standard retrievals typically finish within 3â5 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. They typically finish within 12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier. Standard retrievals are free for objects stored in S3 Intelligent-Tiering.
Bulk - Bulk retrievals free for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval and S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage classes, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data at no cost. Bulk retrievals typically finish within 5â12 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Archive tier. Bulk retrievals are also the lowest-cost retrieval option when restoring objects from S3 Glacier Deep Archive. They typically finish within 48 hours for objects stored in the S3 Glacier Deep Archive storage class or S3 Intelligent-Tiering Deep Archive tier.
For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to a faster speed while it is in progress. For more information, see Upgrading the speed of an in-progress restore in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring Amazon S3 Event Notifications in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management in Amazon S3 User Guide.
A successful action returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
If the object is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns 202 Accepted in the response.
If the object is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK in the response.
Special errors:
Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress
Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable
Cause: expedited retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk retrievals.)
HTTP Status Code: 503
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
The following operations are related to RestoreObject:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption.
For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
This action filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the response.
This functionality is not supported for Amazon S3 on Outposts.
For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects and SELECT Command in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You must have the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, see Specifying Permissions in a Policy in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format properties:
CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object compression for Parquet objects.
Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects that are protected with server-side encryption.
For objects that are encrypted with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys) in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For objects that are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), server-side encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked as its value in the response. For more information, see Appendix: SelectObjectContent Response.
The SelectObjectContent action does not support the following GetObject functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select request (see SelectObjectContentRequest - ScanRange in the request parameters), you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
The GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, or the ARCHIVE_ACCESS and DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class: You cannot query objects in the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes, nor objects in the ARCHIVE_ACCESS or DEEP_ARCHIVE_ACCESS access tiers of the INTELLIGENT_TIERING storage class. For more information about storage classes, see Using Amazon S3 storage classes in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
For a list of special errors for this operation, see List of SELECT Object Content Error Codes
The following operations are related to SelectObjectContent:
Enables or disables a live inventory table for an S3 Metadata configuration on a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your inventory table with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions in your KMS key policy. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:UpdateBucketMetadataInventoryTableConfiguration
s3tables:CreateTableBucket
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
s3tables:PutTableEncryption
kms:DescribeKey
The following operations are related to UpdateBucketMetadataInventoryTableConfiguration:
Enables or disables a live inventory table for an S3 Metadata configuration on a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the following permissions. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
If you want to encrypt your inventory table with server-side encryption with Key Management Service (KMS) keys (SSE-KMS), you need additional permissions in your KMS key policy. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
s3:UpdateBucketMetadataInventoryTableConfiguration
s3tables:CreateTableBucket
s3tables:CreateNamespace
s3tables:GetTable
s3tables:CreateTable
s3tables:PutTablePolicy
s3tables:PutTableEncryption
kms:DescribeKey
The following operations are related to UpdateBucketMetadataInventoryTableConfiguration:
Enables or disables journal table record expiration for an S3 Metadata configuration on a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:UpdateBucketMetadataJournalTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to UpdateBucketMetadataJournalTableConfiguration:
Enables or disables journal table record expiration for an S3 Metadata configuration on a general purpose bucket. For more information, see Accelerating data discovery with S3 Metadata in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
To use this operation, you must have the s3:UpdateBucketMetadataJournalTableConfiguration permission. For more information, see Setting up permissions for configuring metadata tables in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
The following operations are related to UpdateBucketMetadataJournalTableConfiguration:
Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.
You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.
For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide .
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs.
These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).
Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use checksum algorithms to check object integrity.
General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C).
Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload.
If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms).
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPart:
Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
In this operation, you provide new data as a part of an object in your request. However, you have an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you use the UploadPartCopy operation.
You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns an upload ID, a unique identifier that you must include in your upload part request.
Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten.
For information about maximum and minimum part sizes and other multipart upload specifications, see Multipart upload limits in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging you for the parts storage.
For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview in the Amazon S3 User Guide .
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, you must make requests for this API operation to the Zonal endpoint. These endpoints support virtual-hosted-style requests in the format https://amzn-s3-demo-bucket.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com/key-name. Path-style requests are not supported. For more information about endpoints in Availability Zones, see Regional and Zonal endpoints for directory buckets in Availability Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For more information about endpoints in Local Zones, see Concepts for directory buckets in Local Zones in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
General purpose bucket permissions - To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an Key Management Service key, the requester must have permission to the kms:Decrypt and kms:GenerateDataKey actions on the key. The requester must also have permissions for the kms:GenerateDataKey action for the CreateMultipartUpload API. Then, the requester needs permissions for the kms:Decrypt action on the UploadPart and UploadPartCopy APIs.
These permissions are required because Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before it completes the multipart upload. For more information about KMS permissions, see Protecting data using server-side encryption with KMS in the Amazon S3 User Guide. For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, see Multipart upload and permissions and Multipart upload API and permissions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory bucket permissions - To grant access to this API operation on a directory bucket, we recommend that you use the CreateSession API operation for session-based authorization. Specifically, you grant the s3express:CreateSession permission to the directory bucket in a bucket policy or an IAM identity-based policy. Then, you make the CreateSession API call on the bucket to obtain a session token. With the session token in your request header, you can make API requests to this operation. After the session token expires, you make another CreateSession API call to generate a new session token for use. Amazon Web Services CLI or SDKs create session and refresh the session token automatically to avoid service interruptions when a session expires. For more information about authorization, see CreateSession.
If the object is encrypted with SSE-KMS, you must also have the kms:GenerateDataKey and kms:Decrypt permissions in IAM identity-based policies and KMS key policies for the KMS key.
General purpose bucket - To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, specify the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns an error. If the upload request is signed with Signature Version 4, then Amazon Web Services S3 uses the x-amz-content-sha256 header as a checksum instead of Content-MD5. For more information see Authenticating Requests: Using the Authorization Header (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4).
Directory buckets - MD5 is not supported by directory buckets. You can use checksum algorithms to check object integrity.
General purpose bucket - Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it when you access it. You have mutually exclusive options to protect data using server-side encryption in Amazon S3, depending on how you choose to manage the encryption keys. Specifically, the encryption key options are Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3), Amazon Web Services KMS keys (SSE-KMS), and Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C). Amazon S3 encrypts data with server-side encryption using Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) by default. You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side encryption with other key options. The option you use depends on whether you want to use KMS keys (SSE-KMS) or provide your own encryption key (SSE-C).
Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload operations. Unless you are using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C), you don't need to specify the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload.
If you request server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption key (SSE-C) in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical encryption information in each part upload using the following request headers.
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
For more information, see Using Server-Side Encryption in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
Directory buckets - For directory buckets, there are only two supported options for server-side encryption: server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) (AES256) and server-side encryption with KMS keys (SSE-KMS) (aws:kms).
Error Code: NoSuchUpload
Description: The specified multipart upload does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been aborted or completed.
HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Directory buckets - The HTTP Host header syntax is Bucket-name.s3express-zone-id.region-code.amazonaws.com.
The following operations are related to UploadPart:
This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject, in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return.
You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata.
Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object Lambda access point.
Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.
Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.
Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP.
For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
WriteGetObjectResponseAsync(WriteGetObjectResponseRequest, CancellationToken)This operation is not supported for directory buckets.
Passes transformed objects to a GetObject operation when using Object Lambda access points. For information about Object Lambda access points, see Transforming objects with Object Lambda access points in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
This operation supports metadata that can be returned by GetObject, in addition to RequestRoute, RequestToken, StatusCode, ErrorCode, and ErrorMessage. The GetObject response metadata is supported so that the WriteGetObjectResponse caller, typically an Lambda function, can provide the same metadata when it internally invokes GetObject. When WriteGetObjectResponse is called by a customer-owned Lambda function, the metadata returned to the end user GetObject call might differ from what Amazon S3 would normally return.
You can include any number of metadata headers. When including a metadata header, it should be prefaced with x-amz-meta. For example, x-amz-meta-my-custom-header: MyCustomValue. The primary use case for this is to forward GetObject metadata.
Amazon Web Services provides some prebuilt Lambda functions that you can use with S3 Object Lambda to detect and redact personally identifiable information (PII) and decompress S3 objects. These Lambda functions are available in the Amazon Web Services Serverless Application Repository, and can be selected through the Amazon Web Services Management Console when you create your Object Lambda access point.
Example 1: PII Access Control - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically detects personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.
Example 2: PII Redaction - This Lambda function uses Amazon Comprehend, a natural language processing (NLP) service using machine learning to find insights and relationships in text. It automatically redacts personally identifiable information (PII) such as names, addresses, dates, credit card numbers, and social security numbers from documents in your Amazon S3 bucket.
Example 3: Decompression - The Lambda function S3ObjectLambdaDecompression, is equipped to decompress objects stored in S3 in one of six compressed file formats including bzip2, gzip, snappy, zlib, zstandard and ZIP.
For information on how to view and use these functions, see Using Amazon Web Services built Lambda functions in the Amazon S3 User Guide.
RetroSearch is an open source project built by @garambo | Open a GitHub Issue
Search and Browse the WWW like it's 1997 | Search results from DuckDuckGo
HTML:
3.2
| Encoding:
UTF-8
| Version:
0.7.4